blob: 9fffc4e59f5641440b8dce42000aa1eee1b82525 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000023#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000024#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000025#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000026#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000028#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000029#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000030#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000031
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000032using namespace clang;
33
34enum FloatingRank {
35 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
36};
37
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +000038ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +000039 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000040 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000041 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000042 bool FreeMem, unsigned size_reserve) :
43 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +000044 NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +000045 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +000046 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
Douglas Gregorc6fbbed2010-03-19 22:13:20 +000047 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), FreeMemory(FreeMem), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +000048 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenekac9590e2010-05-10 20:40:08 +000049 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
50 DeclarationNames(*this),
51 ExternalSource(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
John McCall0c01d182010-03-24 05:22:00 +000052 LastSDM(0, 0) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000053 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
54 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +000055 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000056 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000057 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +000058 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000059}
60
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000061ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +000062 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
63 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
64 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +000065
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +000066 if (!FreeMemory) {
67 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
68 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
69 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
70 }
71
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +000072 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
73 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
74 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
75 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
76 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +000077
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000078 if (FreeMemory) {
79 // Deallocate all the types.
80 while (!Types.empty()) {
81 Types.back()->Destroy(*this);
82 Types.pop_back();
83 }
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +000084
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000085 for (llvm::FoldingSet<ExtQuals>::iterator
86 I = ExtQualNodes.begin(), E = ExtQualNodes.end(); I != E; ) {
87 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +000088 Deallocate(&*I++);
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000089 }
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000090
Ted Kremenek503524a2010-03-08 20:56:29 +000091 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
92 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
93 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
94 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
95 R->Destroy(*this);
96 }
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000097
Ted Kremenek503524a2010-03-08 20:56:29 +000098 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
99 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
100 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
101 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
102 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
103 R->Destroy(*this);
104 }
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +0000105 }
106
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000107 // Destroy nested-name-specifiers.
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +0000108 for (llvm::FoldingSet<NestedNameSpecifier>::iterator
109 NNS = NestedNameSpecifiers.begin(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000110 NNSEnd = NestedNameSpecifiers.end();
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +0000111 NNS != NNSEnd; ) {
112 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +0000113 (*NNS++).Destroy(*this);
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +0000114 }
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000115
116 if (GlobalNestedNameSpecifier)
117 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier->Destroy(*this);
118
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +0000119 TUDecl->Destroy(*this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000120}
121
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000122void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
123 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
124}
125
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000126void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000127ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
128 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
129}
130
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000131void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
132 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
133 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000134
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000135 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000136#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000137#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
138#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
139 0 // Extra
140 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000141
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000142 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
143 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000144 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000145 }
146
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000147 unsigned Idx = 0;
148 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
149#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
150 if (counts[Idx]) \
151 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
152 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
153 ++Idx;
154#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
155#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000156
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000157 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000158
159 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
160 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
161 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
162 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000163}
164
165
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000166void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000167 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000168 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000169 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000170}
171
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000172void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
173 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000174
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000175 // C99 6.2.5p19.
176 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000177
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000178 // C99 6.2.5p2.
179 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
180 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000181 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000182 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
183 else
184 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
185 // C99 6.2.5p4.
186 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
187 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
188 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
189 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
190 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000191
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000192 // C99 6.2.5p6.
193 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
194 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
195 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
196 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
197 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000198
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000199 // C99 6.2.5p10.
200 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
201 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
202 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000203
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000204 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
205 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
206 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
207
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000208 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
209 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
210 else // C99
211 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000212
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000213 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
214 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
215 else // C99
216 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
217
218 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
219 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
220 else // C99
221 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
222
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000223 // Placeholder type for functions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000224 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
225
226 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
227 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
228 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
229 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
230 // expressions.
231 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000232
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000233 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlssone89d1592009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000234 // not yet been deduced.
235 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000236
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000237 // C99 6.2.5p11.
238 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
239 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
240 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000241
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000242 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000243
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000244 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
245 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
246 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000247 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000248
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000249 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000250 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
251 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000252 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000253
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000254 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000255
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000256 // void * type
257 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000258
259 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
260 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000261}
262
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000263MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000264ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000265 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000266 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000267 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
268 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
269 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000270
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000271 return Pos->second;
272}
273
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000274void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000275ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
276 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000277 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
278 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
279 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
280 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000281 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
282 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000283}
284
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000285NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000286ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000287 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000288 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
289 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000290 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000291
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000292 return Pos->second;
293}
294
295void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000296ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
297 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
298 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
299 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
300 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
301 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
302 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
303}
304
305UsingShadowDecl *
306ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
307 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
308 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
309 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
310 return 0;
311
312 return Pos->second;
313}
314
315void
316ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
317 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
318 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
319 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000320}
321
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000322FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
323 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
324 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
325 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
326 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000327
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000328 return Pos->second;
329}
330
331void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
332 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
333 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
334 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
335 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
336 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000337
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000338 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
339}
340
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000341ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
342ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
343 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
344 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
345 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
346 return 0;
347
348 return Pos->second.begin();
349}
350
351ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
352ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
353 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
354 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
355 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
356 return 0;
357
358 return Pos->second.end();
359}
360
361void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
362 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
363 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
364}
365
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000366namespace {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000367 class BeforeInTranslationUnit
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000368 : std::binary_function<SourceRange, SourceRange, bool> {
369 SourceManager *SourceMgr;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000370
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000371 public:
372 explicit BeforeInTranslationUnit(SourceManager *SM) : SourceMgr(SM) { }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000373
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000374 bool operator()(SourceRange X, SourceRange Y) {
375 return SourceMgr->isBeforeInTranslationUnit(X.getBegin(), Y.getBegin());
376 }
377 };
378}
379
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000380//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
381// Type Sizing and Analysis
382//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000383
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000384/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
385/// scalar floating point type.
386const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000387 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000388 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
389 switch (BT->getKind()) {
390 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
391 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
392 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
393 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
394 }
395}
396
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000397/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000398/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
399/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000400/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
401/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000402CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000403 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
404
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000405 if (const AlignedAttr* AA = D->getAttr<AlignedAttr>())
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000406 Align = std::max(Align, AA->getMaxAlignment());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000407
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000408 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
409 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000410 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000411 if (RefAsPointee)
412 T = RT->getPointeeType();
413 else
414 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
415 }
416 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000417 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000418 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
419 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
420
421 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
422 }
Charles Davis05f62472010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000423 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
424 // In the case of a field in a packed struct, we want the minimum
425 // of the alignment of the field and the alignment of the struct.
426 Align = std::min(Align,
427 getPreferredTypeAlign(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
428 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000429 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000430
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000431 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align / Target.getCharWidth());
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000432}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000433
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000434std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
435ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) {
436 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
437 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.first / getCharWidth()),
438 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.second / getCharWidth()));
439}
440
441std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
442ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) {
443 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
444}
445
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000446/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
447/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000448///
449/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
450/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
451/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000452std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000453ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000454 uint64_t Width=0;
455 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000456 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000457#define TYPE(Class, Base)
458#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000459#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000460#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
461#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000462 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000463 break;
464
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000465 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
466 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000467 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
468 Width = 0;
469 Align = 32;
470 break;
471
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000472 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000473 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000474 Width = 0;
475 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
476 break;
477
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000478 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000479 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000480
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000481 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000482 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000483 Align = EltInfo.second;
484 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000485 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000486 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000487 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000488 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
489 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
490 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000491 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000492 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
493 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohman8eefcd32010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000494 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000495 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
496 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
497 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000498 break;
499 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000500
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000501 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000502 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000503 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000504 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000505 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
506 Width = 0;
507 Align = 8;
508 break;
509
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000510 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000511 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
512 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000513 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000514 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
515 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
516 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000517 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000518 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
519 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000520 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000521 case BuiltinType::WChar:
522 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
523 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
524 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000525 case BuiltinType::Char16:
526 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
527 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
528 break;
529 case BuiltinType::Char32:
530 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
531 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
532 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000533 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000534 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000535 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
536 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000537 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000538 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000539 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000540 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
541 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000542 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000543 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000544 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000545 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
546 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000547 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000548 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000549 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000550 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
551 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000552 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000553 case BuiltinType::Int128:
554 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
555 Width = 128;
556 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
557 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000558 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000559 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
560 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000561 break;
562 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000563 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
564 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000565 break;
566 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000567 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
568 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000569 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000570 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
571 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
572 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000573 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000574 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000575 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000576 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000577 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000578 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000579 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000580 case Type::BlockPointer: {
581 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
582 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
583 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
584 break;
585 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000586 case Type::LValueReference:
587 case Type::RValueReference: {
588 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
589 // the pointer route.
590 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
591 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
592 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
593 break;
594 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000595 case Type::Pointer: {
596 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000597 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000598 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
599 break;
600 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000601 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000602 QualType Pointee = cast<MemberPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000603 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000604 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
605 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000606 if (Pointee->isFunctionType())
607 Width *= 2;
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000608 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
609 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000610 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000611 case Type::Complex: {
612 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
613 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000614 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000615 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000616 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000617 Align = EltInfo.second;
618 break;
619 }
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000620 case Type::ObjCObject:
621 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000622 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000623 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000624 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
625 Width = Layout.getSize();
626 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
627 break;
628 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000629 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000630 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000631 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
632
633 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000634 Width = 1;
635 Align = 1;
636 break;
637 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000638
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000639 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000640 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
641
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000642 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000643 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
644 Width = Layout.getSize();
645 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000646 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000647 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000648
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000649 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000650 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
651 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000652
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000653 case Type::Typedef: {
654 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000655 if (const AlignedAttr *Aligned = Typedef->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) {
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000656 Align = std::max(Aligned->getMaxAlignment(),
657 getTypeAlign(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000658 Width = getTypeSize(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
659 } else
660 return getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000661 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000662 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000663
664 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
665 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
666 .getTypePtr());
667
668 case Type::TypeOf:
669 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
670
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000671 case Type::Decltype:
672 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
673 .getTypePtr());
674
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000675 case Type::Elaborated:
676 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000677
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000678 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000679 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000680 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
681 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
682 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
683 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
684 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
685 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000686
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000687 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000688 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000689}
690
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000691/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
692/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
693CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000694 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000695}
696CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000697 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000698}
699
Ken Dyck16e20cc2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000700/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000701/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
702CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) {
703 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
704}
705CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) {
706 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
707}
708
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000709/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
710/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
711/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
712/// a data type.
713unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
714 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000715
716 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000717 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000718 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
719 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
720 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
721 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
722
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000723 return ABIAlign;
724}
725
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000726static void CollectLocalObjCIvars(ASTContext *Ctx,
727 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
728 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000729 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
730 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +0000731 ObjCIvarDecl *IVDecl = *I;
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000732 if (!IVDecl->isInvalidDecl())
733 Fields.push_back(cast<FieldDecl>(IVDecl));
734 }
735}
736
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000737void ASTContext::CollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
738 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
739 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
740 CollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, Fields);
741 CollectLocalObjCIvars(this, OI, Fields);
742}
743
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000744/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
745/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
746///
747void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000748 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000749 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
750 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
751 Ivars.push_back(*I);
752 }
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000753
754 CollectNonClassIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000755}
756
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000757/// CollectNonClassIvars -
758/// This routine collects all other ivars which are not declared in the class.
Ted Kremenek7d2aa112010-03-11 19:44:54 +0000759/// This includes synthesized ivars (via @synthesize) and those in
760// class's @implementation.
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000761///
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000762void ASTContext::CollectNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000763 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanian0e5ad252010-02-23 01:26:30 +0000764 // Find ivars declared in class extension.
765 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getClassExtension()) {
766 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::ivar_iterator I = CDecl->ivar_begin(),
767 E = CDecl->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
768 Ivars.push_back(*I);
769 }
770 }
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000771
Ted Kremenek7d2aa112010-03-11 19:44:54 +0000772 // Also add any ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
773 // includes synthesized ivars.
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000774 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) {
775 for (ObjCImplementationDecl::ivar_iterator I = ImplDecl->ivar_begin(),
776 E = ImplDecl->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
777 Ivars.push_back(*I);
778 }
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000779}
780
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000781/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
782/// those inherited by it.
783void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000784 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000785 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
786 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
787 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
788 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000789 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000790 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000791 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
792 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000793 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
794 }
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000795 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000796
797 // Categories of this Interface.
798 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
799 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
800 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
801 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
802 while (SD) {
803 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
804 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
805 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000806 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000807 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
808 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
809 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000810 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000811 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
812 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
813 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
814 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000815 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000816 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
817 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
818 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000819 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000820 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
821 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
822 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
823 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000824 }
825}
826
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000827unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
828 unsigned count = 0;
829 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000830 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getClassExtension())
831 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
832
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000833 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
834 // includes synthesized ivars.
835 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000836 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
837
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000838 return count;
839}
840
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000841/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
842ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
843 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
844 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
845 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
846 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
847 return 0;
848}
849/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
850ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
851 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
852 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
853 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
854 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
855 return 0;
856}
857
858/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
859void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
860 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
861 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
862 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
863}
864/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
865void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
866 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
867 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
868 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
869}
870
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000871/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000872///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000873/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000874/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
875///
876/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
877/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
878/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000879TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +0000880 unsigned DataSize) {
881 if (!DataSize)
882 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
883 else
884 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000885 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +0000886
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000887 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
888 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
889 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
890 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000891}
892
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000893TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +0000894 SourceLocation L) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000895 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +0000896 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
897 return DI;
898}
899
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +0000900const ASTRecordLayout &
901ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
902 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
903}
904
905const ASTRecordLayout &
906ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
907 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
908}
909
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000910//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
911// Type creation/memoization methods
912//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
913
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000914QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
915 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
916 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
917
918 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
919 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
920 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
921 void *InsertPos = 0;
922 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
923 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
924 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
925 return T;
926 }
927
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000928 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000929 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
930 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
931 return T;
932}
933
934QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
935 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
936 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
937
938 QualifierCollector Quals;
939 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
940 Quals.addVolatile();
941
942 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
943}
944
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +0000945QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000946 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
947 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +0000948 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000949
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000950 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
951 // into one ExtQuals node.
952 QualifierCollector Quals;
953 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000954
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000955 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
956 // another one.
957 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
958 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
959 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000960
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000961 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +0000962}
963
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000964QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000965 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +0000966 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +0000967 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +0000968 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000969
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +0000970 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000971 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +0000972 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +0000973 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
974 return getPointerType(ResultType);
975 }
976 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000977
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000978 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
979 // into one ExtQuals node.
980 QualifierCollector Quals;
981 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000982
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000983 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
984 // another one.
985 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
986 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
987 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000988
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000989 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +0000990}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000991
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +0000992static QualType getExtFunctionType(ASTContext& Context, QualType T,
993 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000994 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000995 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
996 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +0000997 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000998 if (ResultType == Pointee)
999 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001000
1001 ResultType = Context.getPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001002 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1003 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1004 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001005 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001006 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1007 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001008
1009 ResultType = Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
1010 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001011 if (F->getExtInfo() == Info)
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001012 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001013
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001014 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(F)) {
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001015 ResultType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001016 Info);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001017 } else {
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001018 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001019 ResultType
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001020 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1021 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
1022 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
1023 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
1024 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1025 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
1026 FPT->exception_begin(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001027 Info);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001028 }
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001029 } else
1030 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001031
1032 return Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
1033}
1034
1035QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001036 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001037 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1038 Info.withNoReturn(AddNoReturn));
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001039}
1040
1041QualType ASTContext::getCallConvType(QualType T, CallingConv CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001042 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001043 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1044 Info.withCallingConv(CallConv));
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001045}
1046
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001047QualType ASTContext::getRegParmType(QualType T, unsigned RegParm) {
1048 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
1049 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1050 Info.withRegParm(RegParm));
1051}
1052
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001053/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1054/// number with the specified element type.
1055QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1056 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1057 // structure.
1058 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1059 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001060
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001061 void *InsertPos = 0;
1062 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1063 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001064
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001065 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1066 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1067 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001068 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001069 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001070
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001071 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1072 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001073 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001074 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001075 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001076 Types.push_back(New);
1077 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1078 return QualType(New, 0);
1079}
1080
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001081/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1082/// the specified type.
1083QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
1084 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1085 // structure.
1086 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1087 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001088
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001089 void *InsertPos = 0;
1090 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1091 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001092
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001093 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1094 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1095 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001096 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001097 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001098
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001099 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1100 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001101 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001102 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001103 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001104 Types.push_back(New);
1105 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1106 return QualType(New, 0);
1107}
1108
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001109/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001110/// a pointer to the specified block.
1111QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001112 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1113 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001114 // structure.
1115 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1116 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001117
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001118 void *InsertPos = 0;
1119 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1120 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1121 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001122
1123 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001124 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1125 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001126 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001127 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001128
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001129 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1130 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1131 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001132 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001133 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001134 BlockPointerType *New
1135 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001136 Types.push_back(New);
1137 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1138 return QualType(New, 0);
1139}
1140
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001141/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1142/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001143QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001144 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1145 // structure.
1146 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001147 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001148
1149 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001150 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1151 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001152 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001153
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001154 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1155
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001156 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1157 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1158 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001159 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1160 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1161 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001162
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001163 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001164 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1165 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001166 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001167 }
1168
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001169 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001170 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1171 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001172 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001173 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001174
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001175 return QualType(New, 0);
1176}
1177
1178/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1179/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1180QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1181 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1182 // structure.
1183 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001184 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001185
1186 void *InsertPos = 0;
1187 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1188 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1189 return QualType(RT, 0);
1190
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001191 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1192
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001193 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1194 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1195 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001196 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1197 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1198 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001199
1200 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1201 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1202 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1203 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1204 }
1205
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001206 RValueReferenceType *New
1207 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001208 Types.push_back(New);
1209 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001210 return QualType(New, 0);
1211}
1212
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001213/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1214/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001215QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001216 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1217 // structure.
1218 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1219 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1220
1221 void *InsertPos = 0;
1222 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1223 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1224 return QualType(PT, 0);
1225
1226 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1227 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1228 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001229 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001230 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1231
1232 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1233 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1234 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1235 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1236 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001237 MemberPointerType *New
1238 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001239 Types.push_back(New);
1240 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1241 return QualType(New, 0);
1242}
1243
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001244/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001245/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001246QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001247 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001248 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1249 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001250 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1251 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001252 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1253
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001254 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1255 // the target.
1256 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1257 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001258
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001259 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001260 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001261
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001262 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001263 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001264 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001265 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001266
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001267 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1268 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1269 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001270 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001271 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001272 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001273 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001274 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001275 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001276 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001277 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001278
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001279 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1280 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001281 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001282 Types.push_back(New);
1283 return QualType(New, 0);
1284}
1285
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001286/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1287/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001288QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1289 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001290 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001291 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1292 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001293 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1294 // that have an expression provided for their size.
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001295 QualType CanonType;
1296
1297 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
1298 if (NumElts)
1299 NumElts->Retain();
1300 CanonType = getVariableArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), NumElts, ASM,
1301 EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1302 }
1303
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001304 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001305 VariableArrayType(EltTy, CanonType, NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001306
1307 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1308 Types.push_back(New);
1309 return QualType(New, 0);
1310}
1311
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001312/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1313/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001314/// type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001315QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1316 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001317 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001318 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1319 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001320 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1321 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001322 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1323
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001324 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001325 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001326 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001327
1328 if (NumElts) {
1329 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1330 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1331 // initializer.
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001332 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(EltTy), ASM,
1333 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1334
1335 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1336 }
1337
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001338 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1339 if (Canon) {
1340 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1341 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001342 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1343 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1344 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001345 } else {
1346 QualType CanonEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
1347 if (CanonEltTy == EltTy) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001348 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1349 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1350 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001351
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001352 if (NumElts) {
1353 DependentSizedArrayType *CanonCheck
1354 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1355 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized canonical array type broken");
1356 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001357 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001358 }
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001359 } else {
1360 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonEltTy, NumElts,
1361 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1362 SourceRange());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001363 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1364 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1365 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001366 }
1367 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001368
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001369 Types.push_back(New);
1370 return QualType(New, 0);
1371}
1372
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001373QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1374 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1375 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1376 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001377 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001378
1379 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001380 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001381 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1382 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1383
1384 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1385 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1386 QualType Canonical;
1387
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001388 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001389 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001390 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001391
1392 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1393 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1394 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001395 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001396 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001397
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001398 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1399 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001400
1401 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1402 Types.push_back(New);
1403 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001404}
1405
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001406/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1407/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001408QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
1409 bool IsAltiVec, bool IsPixel) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001410 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001411
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001412 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001413 assert(baseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001414
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001415 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1416 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001417 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector,
1418 IsAltiVec, IsPixel);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001419 void *InsertPos = 0;
1420 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1421 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1422
1423 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1424 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1425 QualType Canonical;
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001426 if (!vecType.isCanonical() || IsAltiVec || IsPixel) {
1427 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType),
1428 NumElts, false, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001429
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001430 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1431 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001432 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001433 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001434 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001435 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, IsAltiVec, IsPixel);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001436 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1437 Types.push_back(New);
1438 return QualType(New, 0);
1439}
1440
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001441/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001442/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001443QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001444 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001445
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001446 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001447 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001448
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001449 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1450 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001451 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, false, false);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001452 void *InsertPos = 0;
1453 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1454 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1455
1456 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1457 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1458 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001459 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001460 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001461
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001462 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1463 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001464 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001465 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001466 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1467 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001468 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1469 Types.push_back(New);
1470 return QualType(New, 0);
1471}
1472
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001473QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001474 Expr *SizeExpr,
1475 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001476 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001477 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001478 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001479
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001480 void *InsertPos = 0;
1481 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1482 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1483 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1484 if (Canon) {
1485 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1486 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001487 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1488 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1489 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001490 } else {
1491 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1492 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001493 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1494 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1495 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001496
1497 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1498 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1499 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1500 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001501 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1502 } else {
1503 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1504 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001505 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1506 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001507 }
1508 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001509
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001510 Types.push_back(New);
1511 return QualType(New, 0);
1512}
1513
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001514/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001515///
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001516QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1517 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1518 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001519 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1520 // structure.
1521 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001522 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001523
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001524 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001525 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001526 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001527 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001528
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001529 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001530 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001531 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001532 Canonical =
1533 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1534 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001535
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001536 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001537 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1538 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001539 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001540 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001541
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001542 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001543 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001544 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001545 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001546 return QualType(New, 0);
1547}
1548
1549/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1550/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001551QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis971c4fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001552 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001553 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1554 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001555 const QualType *ExArray,
1556 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1557 const CallingConv CallConv= Info.getCC();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001558 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1559 // structure.
1560 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001561 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001562 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001563 NumExs, ExArray, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001564
1565 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001566 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001567 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001568 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001569
1570 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001571 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001572 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001573 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001574 isCanonical = false;
1575
1576 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001577 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001578 QualType Canonical;
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001579 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001580 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
1581 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1582 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001583 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001584
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001585 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001586 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor47259d92009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001587 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001588 false, 0, 0,
1589 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001590
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001591 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001592 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1593 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001594 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001595 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001596
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001597 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001598 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1599 // end of them.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001600 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001601 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1602 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001603 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001604 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001605 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001606 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001607 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001608 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001609 return QualType(FTP, 0);
1610}
1611
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001612#ifndef NDEBUG
1613static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
1614 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
1615 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
1616 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1617 return true;
1618 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
1619 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1620 return true;
1621 return false;
1622}
1623#endif
1624
1625/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
1626/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
1627QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
1628 QualType TST) {
1629 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
1630 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
1631 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1632 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl
1633 = cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())) {
1634 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
1635 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
1636 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1637 } else {
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001638 Decl->TypeForDecl =
1639 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001640 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1641 }
1642 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1643}
1644
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001645/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1646/// specified type declaration.
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001647QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001648 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001649 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001650
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001651 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001652 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001653
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001654 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
1655 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
1656
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001657 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001658 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1659 "struct/union has previous declaration");
1660 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
1661 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Record);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001662 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001663 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1664 "enum has previous declaration");
1665 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Enum);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001666 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001667 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1668 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001669 } else
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001670 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001671
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001672 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001673 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001674}
1675
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001676/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1677/// specified typename decl.
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001678QualType ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001679 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001680
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001681 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001682 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1683 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001684 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1685 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1686}
1687
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001688/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1689QualType
1690ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1691 QualType Replacement) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001692 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001693 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1694
1695 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1696 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1697 void *InsertPos = 0;
1698 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1699 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1700
1701 if (!SubstParm) {
1702 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1703 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1704 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1705 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1706 }
1707
1708 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1709}
1710
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001711/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001712/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001713/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001714QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001715 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001716 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1717 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001718 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001719 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001720 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001721 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1722
1723 if (TypeParm)
1724 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001725
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001726 if (Name) {
1727 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001728 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1729 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001730
1731 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
1732 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1733 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
1734 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001735 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001736 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1737 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001738
1739 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1740 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1741
1742 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1743}
1744
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001745TypeSourceInfo *
1746ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
1747 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1748 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
1749 QualType CanonType) {
1750 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
1751
1752 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
1753 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
1754 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
1755 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
1756 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
1757 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
1758 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
1759 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
1760 return DI;
1761}
1762
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001763QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001764ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001765 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001766 QualType Canon,
1767 bool IsCurrentInstantiation) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001768 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
1769
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001770 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
1771 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
1772 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
1773 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
1774
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001775 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
1776 Canon, IsCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001777}
1778
1779QualType
1780ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001781 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1782 unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001783 QualType Canon,
1784 bool IsCurrentInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001785 if (!Canon.isNull())
1786 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
1787 else {
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001788 assert(!IsCurrentInstantiation &&
1789 "current-instantiation specializations should always "
1790 "have a canonical type");
1791
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001792 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001793 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
1794 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
1795 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1796 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
1797 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
1798
1799 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
1800 // exists.
1801 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001802 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, false,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001803 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001804
1805 void *InsertPos = 0;
1806 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1807 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001808
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001809 if (!Spec) {
1810 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001811 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001812 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001813 TypeAlignment);
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001814 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, CanonTemplate, false,
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001815 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001816 Canon);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001817 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001818 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001819 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001820
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001821 if (Canon.isNull())
1822 Canon = QualType(Spec, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001823 assert(Canon->isDependentType() &&
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001824 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001825 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00001826
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001827 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
1828 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
1829 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001830 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor40808ce2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00001831 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001832 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001833 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001834 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, Template,
1835 IsCurrentInstantiation,
1836 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001837 Canon);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001838
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001839 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001840 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001841}
1842
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001843QualType
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001844ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1845 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
1846 QualType NamedType) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001847 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001848 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001849
1850 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001851 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001852 if (T)
1853 return QualType(T, 0);
1854
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001855 QualType Canon = NamedType;
1856 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
1857 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001858 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1859 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001860 (void)CheckT;
1861 }
1862
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001863 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001864 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001865 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001866 return QualType(T, 0);
1867}
1868
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001869QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1870 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
1871 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
1872 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001873 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
1874
1875 if (Canon.isNull()) {
1876 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001877 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
1878 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
1879 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
1880
1881 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
1882 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001883 }
1884
1885 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001886 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001887
1888 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00001889 DependentNameType *T
1890 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001891 if (T)
1892 return QualType(T, 0);
1893
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001894 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001895 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00001896 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001897 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001898}
1899
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001900QualType
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001901ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1902 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
1903 const TemplateSpecializationType *TemplateId,
1904 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001905 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
1906
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001907 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001908 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, TemplateId);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001909
1910 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00001911 DependentNameType *T
1912 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001913 if (T)
1914 return QualType(T, 0);
1915
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001916 if (Canon.isNull()) {
1917 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
1918 QualType CanonType = getCanonicalType(QualType(TemplateId, 0));
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001919 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
1920 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
1921 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
1922 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword ||
1923 CanonType != QualType(TemplateId, 0)) {
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001924 const TemplateSpecializationType *CanonTemplateId
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001925 = CanonType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001926 assert(CanonTemplateId &&
1927 "Canonical type must also be a template specialization type");
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001928 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, CanonTemplateId);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001929 }
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001930
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00001931 DependentNameType *CheckT
1932 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001933 assert(!CheckT && "Typename canonical type is broken"); (void)CheckT;
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001934 }
1935
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001936 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, TemplateId, Canon);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001937 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00001938 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001939 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001940}
1941
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00001942/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
1943/// alphabetically.
1944static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
1945 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00001946 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00001947}
1948
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001949static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001950 unsigned NumProtocols) {
1951 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
1952
1953 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
1954 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
1955 return false;
1956 return true;
1957}
1958
1959static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00001960 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
1961 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001962
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00001963 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
1964 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
1965
1966 // Remove duplicates.
1967 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
1968 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
1969}
1970
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001971QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
1972 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
1973 unsigned NumProtocols) {
1974 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
1975 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
1976 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
1977 return BaseType;
1978
1979 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001980 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001981 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001982 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001983 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1984 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001985
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001986 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
1987 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001988 QualType Canonical;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001989 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
1990 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
1991 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00001992 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
1993 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001994 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
1995
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001996 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001997 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
1998 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001999 } else {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002000 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2001 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002002 }
2003
2004 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002005 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2006 }
2007
2008 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2009 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2010 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2011 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2012 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2013
2014 Types.push_back(T);
2015 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2016 return QualType(T, 0);
2017}
2018
2019/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2020/// the given object type.
2021QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) {
2022 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2023 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2024
2025 void *InsertPos = 0;
2026 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2027 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2028 return QualType(QT, 0);
2029
2030 // Find the canonical object type.
2031 QualType Canonical;
2032 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2033 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2034
2035 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002036 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2037 }
2038
Douglas Gregorfd6a0882010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002039 // No match.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002040 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2041 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2042 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002043
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002044 Types.push_back(QType);
2045 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002046 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002047}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002048
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002049/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2050/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002051QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
2052 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2053 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002054
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002055 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2056 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2057 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2058 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2059 Types.push_back(T);
2060 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002061}
2062
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002063/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2064/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002065/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002066/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002067/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002068QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002069 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002070 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2071 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2072 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002073
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002074 void *InsertPos = 0;
2075 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2076 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2077 if (Canon) {
2078 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2079 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002080 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002081 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2082 }
2083 else {
2084 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002085 Canon
2086 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002087 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2088 toe = Canon;
2089 }
2090 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002091 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002092 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002093 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002094 Types.push_back(toe);
2095 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002096}
2097
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002098/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2099/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2100/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002101/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002102/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002103QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002104 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002105 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002106 Types.push_back(tot);
2107 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002108}
2109
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002110/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2111/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2112static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002113 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2114 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002115
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002116 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2117 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2118 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2119 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2120 return VD->getType();
2121 }
2122 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2123 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2124 return FD->getType();
2125 }
2126 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2127 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2128 // return type of that function.
2129 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2130 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002131
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002132 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002133
2134 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002135 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2136 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2137 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002138
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002139 return T;
2140}
2141
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002142/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2143/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2144/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002145/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002146/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2147QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002148 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002149 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2150 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2151 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002152
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002153 void *InsertPos = 0;
2154 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2155 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2156 if (Canon) {
2157 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2158 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002159 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002160 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2161 }
2162 else {
2163 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002164 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002165 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2166 dt = Canon;
2167 }
2168 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002169 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002170 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002171 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002172 Types.push_back(dt);
2173 return QualType(dt, 0);
2174}
2175
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002176/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2177/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002178QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002179 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002180 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2181 // away const? mutable?
2182 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002183}
2184
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002185/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2186/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2187/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002188CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002189 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002190}
2191
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002192/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2193/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2194QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2195 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2196 return WCharTy;
2197}
2198
2199/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2200/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2201QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2202 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2203 return UnsignedIntTy;
2204}
2205
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002206/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2207/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2208QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002209 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002210}
2211
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002212//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2213// Type Operators
2214//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2215
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002216CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2217 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2218 // qualifiers.
2219 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2220 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
2221
2222 QualType Result;
2223 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2224 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2225 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2226 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2227 } else {
2228 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2229 }
2230
2231 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2232}
2233
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002234/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2235/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2236/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2237/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2238/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2239/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002240CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002241 QualifierCollector Quals;
2242 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2243 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002244
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002245 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2246 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2247
2248 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2249 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002250 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002251
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002252 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2253 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2254 // type.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002255 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2256 if (!AT)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002257 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002258
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002259 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2260 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002261 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002262 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002263
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002264 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002265 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2266 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2267 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002268 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002269 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002270 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2271 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002272 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002273
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002274 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002275 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2276 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002277 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2278 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002279 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002280 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor87a924e2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002281 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002282
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002283 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002284 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002285 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2286 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002287 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002288 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002289 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002290}
2291
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002292QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T,
2293 Qualifiers &Quals) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002294 Quals = T.getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002295 const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(T);
2296 if (!AT) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002297 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002298 }
2299
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002300 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType();
Zhongxing Xuc1ae0a82010-01-05 08:15:06 +00002301 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002302 if (Elt == UnqualElt)
2303 return T;
2304
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002305 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002306 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(),
2307 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2308 }
2309
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002310 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002311 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2312 }
2313
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002314 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
2315 return getVariableArrayType(UnqualElt,
2316 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2317 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
2318 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2319 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2320 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2321 }
2322
2323 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002324 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain(),
2325 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2326 SourceRange());
2327}
2328
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002329DeclarationName ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2330 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
2331 return TD->getDeclName();
2332
2333 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
2334 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
2335 return DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2336 } else {
2337 return DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2338 }
2339 }
2340
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002341 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2342 assert(Storage);
2343 return (*Storage->begin())->getDeclName();
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002344}
2345
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002346TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
2347 // If this template name refers to a template, the canonical
2348 // template name merely stores the template itself.
2349 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002350 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002351
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002352 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002353
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002354 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2355 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2356 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2357}
2358
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002359bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2360 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2361 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2362 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2363}
2364
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002365TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002366ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2367 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2368 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2369 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002370
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002371 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002372 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002373
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002374 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002375 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002376
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002377 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2378 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2379
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002380 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002381 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002382 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002383
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002384 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002385 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002386
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002387 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
2388 // FIXME: Allocate in ASTContext
2389 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
2390 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002391 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002392 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2393 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2394 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002395
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002396 TemplateArgument Result;
2397 Result.setArgumentPack(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size(), false);
2398 return Result;
2399 }
2400 }
2401
2402 // Silence GCC warning
2403 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2404 return TemplateArgument();
2405}
2406
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002407NestedNameSpecifier *
2408ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002409 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002410 return 0;
2411
2412 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2413 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2414 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002415 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002416 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2417 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2418
2419 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2420 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2421 // this namespace and no prefix.
2422 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2423
2424 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2425 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2426 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002427 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2428 NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002429 T.getTypePtr());
2430 }
2431
2432 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2433 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2434 return NNS;
2435 }
2436
2437 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2438 return 0;
2439}
2440
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002441
2442const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2443 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002444 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002445 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2446 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2447 return AT;
2448 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002449
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002450 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002451 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002452 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002453 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002454
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002455 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002456 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2457 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002458
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002459 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2460 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002461 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002462
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002463 QualifierCollector Qs;
2464 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002465
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002466 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2467 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002468 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002469 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002470
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002471 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2472 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2473 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2474 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002475 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002476
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002477 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2478 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2479 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002480 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002481 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2482 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2483 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002484 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002485
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002486 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002487 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2488 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002489 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002490 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2491 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002492 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002493 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002494 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002495
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002496 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002497 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002498 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002499 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002500 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002501 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002502 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002503}
2504
2505
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002506/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2507/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2508/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2509/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2510///
2511/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2512QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002513 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2514 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2515 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2516 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2517 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2518 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002519
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002520 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002521
2522 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002523 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002524}
2525
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002526QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002527 QualifierCollector Qs;
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002528 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(Qs.strip(QT), 0)))
2529 QT = AT->getElementType();
2530 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002531}
2532
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002533QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2534 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002535
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002536 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2537 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002538
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002539 return ElemTy;
2540}
2541
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002542/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002543uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002544ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2545 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2546 do {
2547 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2548 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2549 } while (CA);
2550 return ElementCount;
2551}
2552
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002553/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2554/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002555static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002556 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002557 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002558
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002559 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2560 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002561 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002562 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2563 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2564 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
2565 }
2566}
2567
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002568/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2569/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002570/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2571/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002572QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2573 QualType Domain) const {
2574 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2575 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2576 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002577 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002578 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2579 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2580 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2581 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002582 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002583
2584 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2585 switch (EltRank) {
2586 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2587 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2588 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2589 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002590 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002591}
2592
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002593/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2594/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2595/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002596/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002597int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2598 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2599 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002600
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002601 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002602 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002603 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002604 return 1;
2605 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002606}
2607
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002608/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2609/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2610/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002611unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002612 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002613 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002614 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002615
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002616 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2617 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2618
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002619 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2620 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2621
2622 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2623 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2624
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002625 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002626 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2627 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002628 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002629 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2630 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2631 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2632 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002633 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002634 case BuiltinType::Short:
2635 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002636 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002637 case BuiltinType::Int:
2638 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002639 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002640 case BuiltinType::Long:
2641 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002642 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002643 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2644 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002645 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002646 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2647 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2648 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002649 }
2650}
2651
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002652/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2653/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2654///
2655/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2656/// promotion occurs.
2657QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
Douglas Gregorceafbde2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00002658 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
2659 return QualType();
2660
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002661 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2662 if (!Field)
2663 return QualType();
2664
2665 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2666
2667 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2668 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2669 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2670 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2671 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2672 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2673 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2674 return IntTy;
2675
2676 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2677 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2678
2679 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2680 // like the base type.
2681 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
2682 // is ridiculous.
2683 return QualType();
2684}
2685
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002686/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
2687/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
2688/// integer type.
2689QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
2690 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
2691 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002692 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
2693 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002694 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
2695 return IntTy;
2696 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
2697 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2698 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
2699 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2700}
2701
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002702/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002703/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002704/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002705int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002706 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
2707 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002708 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002709
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002710 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
2711 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002712
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002713 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
2714 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002715
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002716 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
2717 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
2718 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
2719 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002720
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002721 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
2722 if (LHSUnsigned) {
2723 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
2724 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
2725 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002726
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002727 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2728 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002729 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002730 return -1;
2731 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002732
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002733 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
2734 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
2735 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002736
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002737 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2738 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002739 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002740 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002741}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002742
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002743static RecordDecl *
2744CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
2745 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
2746 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2747 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2748 else
2749 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2750}
2751
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002752// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002753QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
2754 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002755 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002756 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002757 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00002758 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002759
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002760 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002761
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002762 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002763 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002764 // int flags;
2765 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002766 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002767 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002768 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002769 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
2770
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002771 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002772 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002773 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002774 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002775 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002776 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002777 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00002778 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002779 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002780 }
2781
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00002782 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002783 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002784
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002785 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00002786}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00002787
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002788void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002789 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002790 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
2791 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
2792}
2793
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00002794// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
2795QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() {
2796 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
2797 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002798 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00002799 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
2800 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
2801
2802 QualType FieldTypes[3];
2803
2804 // const int *isa;
2805 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
2806 // const char *str;
2807 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
2808 // unsigned int length;
2809 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
2810
2811 // Create fields
2812 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
2813 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
2814 SourceLocation(), 0,
2815 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
2816 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2817 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00002818 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00002819 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
2820 }
2821
2822 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
2823 }
2824
2825 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
2826}
2827
2828void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
2829 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2830 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
2831 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
2832}
2833
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002834QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002835 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002836 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002837 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002838 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00002839 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002840
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002841 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2842 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002843 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002844 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
2845 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
2846 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
2847 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002848
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002849 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002850 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2851 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
2852 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002853 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002854 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002855 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00002856 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002857 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002858 }
Fariborz Jahanian38c9ab82010-05-27 16:05:06 +00002859 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian81148e92010-05-27 16:35:00 +00002860 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD =
2861 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl))
Fariborz Jahanian38c9ab82010-05-27 16:05:06 +00002862 CXXRD->setEmpty(false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002863
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00002864 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002865 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002866
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002867 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
2868}
2869
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002870QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
2871 if (BlockDescriptorType)
2872 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2873
2874 RecordDecl *T;
2875 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002876 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002877 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00002878 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002879
2880 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2881 UnsignedLongTy,
2882 UnsignedLongTy,
2883 };
2884
2885 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2886 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002887 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002888 };
2889
2890 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
2891 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2892 T,
2893 SourceLocation(),
2894 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002895 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002896 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2897 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00002898 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002899 T->addDecl(Field);
2900 }
2901
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00002902 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002903
2904 BlockDescriptorType = T;
2905
2906 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2907}
2908
2909void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
2910 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2911 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
2912 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
2913}
2914
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002915QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
2916 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
2917 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
2918
2919 RecordDecl *T;
2920 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002921 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002922 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00002923 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002924
2925 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2926 UnsignedLongTy,
2927 UnsignedLongTy,
2928 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2929 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
2930 };
2931
2932 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2933 "reserved",
2934 "Size",
2935 "CopyFuncPtr",
2936 "DestroyFuncPtr"
2937 };
2938
2939 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
2940 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2941 T,
2942 SourceLocation(),
2943 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002944 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002945 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2946 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00002947 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002948 T->addDecl(Field);
2949 }
2950
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00002951 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002952
2953 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
2954
2955 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
2956}
2957
2958void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
2959 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2960 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
2961 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
2962}
2963
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002964bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
2965 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
2966 return true;
2967 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
2968 return true;
2969 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2970 return true;
2971 return false;
2972}
2973
2974QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(const char *DeclName, QualType Ty) {
2975 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002976 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002977 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002978 // unsigned int __flags;
2979 // unsigned int __size;
Mike Stump38e16272009-10-21 22:01:24 +00002980 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
2981 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002982 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002983 // } *
2984
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002985 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
2986
2987 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00002988 static unsigned int UniqueBlockByRefTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00002989 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
2990 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
2991 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002992 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002993 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002994 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002995 T->startDefinition();
2996 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
2997 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
2998 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2999 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3000 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3001 Int32Ty,
3002 Int32Ty,
3003 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3004 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3005 Ty
3006 };
3007
3008 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3009 "__isa",
3010 "__forwarding",
3011 "__flags",
3012 "__size",
3013 "__copy_helper",
3014 "__destroy_helper",
3015 DeclName,
3016 };
3017
3018 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3019 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3020 continue;
3021 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3022 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003023 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003024 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003025 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003026 T->addDecl(Field);
3027 }
3028
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003029 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003030
3031 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003032}
3033
3034
3035QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003036 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003037 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &Layout) {
3038
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003039 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00003040 static unsigned int UniqueBlockParmTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003041 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3042 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3043 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003044 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003045 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003046 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003047 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003048 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3049 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3050 IntTy,
3051 IntTy,
3052 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003053 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3054 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3055 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003056 };
3057
3058 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3059 "__isa",
3060 "__flags",
3061 "__reserved",
3062 "__FuncPtr",
3063 "__descriptor"
3064 };
3065
3066 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003067 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003068 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003069 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003070 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003071 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003072 T->addDecl(Field);
3073 }
3074
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003075 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Layout.size(); ++i) {
3076 const Expr *E = Layout[i];
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003077
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003078 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3079 IdentifierInfo *FieldName = 0;
3080 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
3081 FieldName = &Idents.get("this");
3082 } else if (const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3083 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3084 FieldName = D->getIdentifier();
3085 if (BDRE->isByRef())
3086 FieldType = BuildByRefType(D->getNameAsCString(), FieldType);
3087 } else {
3088 // Padding.
3089 assert(isa<ConstantArrayType>(FieldType) &&
3090 isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) &&
3091 !cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl()->getDeclName() &&
3092 "doesn't match characteristics of padding decl");
3093 }
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003094
3095 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003096 FieldName, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003097 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003098 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003099 T->addDecl(Field);
3100 }
3101
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003102 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003103
3104 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003105}
3106
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003107void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003108 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003109 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3110 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3111}
3112
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003113// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3114// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003115static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003116 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003117 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3118 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003119
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003120 return false;
3121}
3122
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003123/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003124/// purpose.
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003125CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003126 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003127
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003128 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003129 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralType())
3130 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003131 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3132 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003133 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003134 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003135}
3136
3137static inline
3138std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3139 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003140}
3141
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003142/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003143/// declaration.
3144void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3145 std::string& S) {
3146 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3147 QualType BlockTy =
3148 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3149 // Encode result type.
3150 getObjCEncodingForType(cast<FunctionType>(BlockTy)->getResultType(), S);
3151 // Compute size of all parameters.
3152 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3153 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3154 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003155 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3156 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003157 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003158 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3159 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003160 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003161 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003162 ParmOffset += sz;
3163 }
3164 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003165 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003166 // Block pointer and offset.
3167 S += "@?0";
3168 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3169
3170 // Argument types.
3171 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3172 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3173 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3174 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3175 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3176 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3177 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3178 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3179 // elements.
3180 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3181 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3182 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3183 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3184 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003185 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003186 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003187 }
3188}
3189
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003190/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003191/// declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003192void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003193 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003194 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003195 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003196 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003197 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003198 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003199 // Compute size of all parameters.
3200 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3201 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3202 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003203 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003204 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3205 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003206 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003207 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003208 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003209 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003210 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003211 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3212 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003213 ParmOffset += sz;
3214 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003215 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003216 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003217 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003218
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003219 // Argument types.
3220 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003221 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003222 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003223 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003224 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003225 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003226 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3227 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3228 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003229 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003230 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3231 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3232 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003233 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003234 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003235 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003236 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003237 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003238 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003239 }
3240}
3241
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003242/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003243/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003244/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3245/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003246/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3247/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3248/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3249/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3250/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003251/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3252/// @code
3253/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3254/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3255/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3256/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3257/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3258/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3259/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3260/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3261/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3262/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3263/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3264/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3265/// };
3266/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003267void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003268 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003269 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003270 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3271 bool Dynamic = false;
3272 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3273
3274 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3275 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003276 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003277 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3278 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003279 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003280 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003281 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3282 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3283 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3284 Dynamic = true;
3285 } else {
3286 SynthesizePID = PID;
3287 }
3288 }
3289 }
3290 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003291 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003292 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003293 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003294 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003295 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3296 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3297 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3298 Dynamic = true;
3299 } else {
3300 SynthesizePID = PID;
3301 }
3302 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003303 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003304 }
3305 }
3306
3307 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3308 S = "T";
3309
3310 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003311 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3312 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003313 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003314 true /* outermost type */,
3315 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003316
3317 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3318 S += ",R";
3319 } else {
3320 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3321 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3322 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003323 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003324 }
3325 }
3326
3327 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3328 // are "dynamic by default".
3329 if (Dynamic)
3330 S += ",D";
3331
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003332 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3333 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003334
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003335 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3336 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003337 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003338 }
3339
3340 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3341 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003342 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003343 }
3344
3345 if (SynthesizePID) {
3346 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3347 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003348 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003349 }
3350
3351 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3352}
3353
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003354/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003355/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3356/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003357/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3358///
3359void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003360 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003361 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003362 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3363 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003364 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003365 else
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003366 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3367 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003368 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3369 }
3370 }
3371}
3372
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003373void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003374 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003375 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3376 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3377 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3378 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003379 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003380 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003381}
3382
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003383static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003384 const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003385 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3386 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3387 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Eli Friedman9a901bb2009-04-26 19:19:15 +00003388 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003389 S += 'b';
3390 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3391}
3392
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003393// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003394void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3395 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3396 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003397 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003398 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003399 bool EncodingProperty) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003400 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003401 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3402 return EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3403 char encoding;
3404 switch (BT->getKind()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003405 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003406 case BuiltinType::Void: encoding = 'v'; break;
3407 case BuiltinType::Bool: encoding = 'B'; break;
3408 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3409 case BuiltinType::UChar: encoding = 'C'; break;
3410 case BuiltinType::UShort: encoding = 'S'; break;
3411 case BuiltinType::UInt: encoding = 'I'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003412 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3413 encoding =
3414 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
Fariborz Jahanian72696e12009-02-11 22:31:45 +00003415 break;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003416 case BuiltinType::UInt128: encoding = 'T'; break;
3417 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: encoding = 'Q'; break;
3418 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3419 case BuiltinType::SChar: encoding = 'c'; break;
3420 case BuiltinType::Short: encoding = 's'; break;
3421 case BuiltinType::Int: encoding = 'i'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003422 case BuiltinType::Long:
3423 encoding =
3424 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003425 break;
3426 case BuiltinType::LongLong: encoding = 'q'; break;
3427 case BuiltinType::Int128: encoding = 't'; break;
3428 case BuiltinType::Float: encoding = 'f'; break;
3429 case BuiltinType::Double: encoding = 'd'; break;
3430 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: encoding = 'd'; break;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003431 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003432
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003433 S += encoding;
3434 return;
3435 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003436
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003437 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003438 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003439 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003440 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003441 return;
3442 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003443
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003444 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
3445 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003446 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003447 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3448 S += ':';
3449 return;
3450 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003451 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
3452 }
3453 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3454 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
3455 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003456 bool isReadOnly = false;
3457 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3458 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3459 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003460 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003461 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003462 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3463 isReadOnly = true;
3464 S += 'r';
3465 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003466 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003467 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003468 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3469 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003470 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3471 isReadOnly = true;
3472 S += 'r';
3473 }
3474 }
3475 if (isReadOnly) {
3476 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3477 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3478 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003479 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
3480 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003481 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003482
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003483 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3484 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3485 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003486 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003487 S += '*';
3488 return;
3489 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003490 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003491 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3492 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3493 S += '#';
3494 return;
3495 }
3496 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3497 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3498 S += '@';
3499 return;
3500 }
3501 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003502 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003503 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003504 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3505
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003506 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003507 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003508 return;
3509 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003510
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003511 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3512 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3513 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003514 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3515 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3516 S += '^';
3517
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003518 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003519 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3520 } else {
3521 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003522
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003523 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3524 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3525 else {
3526 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3527 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3528 S += '0';
3529 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003530
3531 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003532 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3533 S += ']';
3534 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003535 return;
3536 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003537
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003538 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003539 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003540 return;
3541 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003542
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003543 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003544 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003545 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003546 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3547 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3548 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00003549 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
3550 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
3551 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
3552 std::string TemplateArgsStr
3553 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
3554 TemplateArgs.getFlatArgumentList(),
3555 TemplateArgs.flat_size(),
3556 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
3557
3558 S += TemplateArgsStr;
3559 }
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003560 } else {
3561 S += '?';
3562 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003563 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003564 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003565 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3566 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003567 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003568 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003569 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003570 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003571 S += '"';
3572 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003573
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003574 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003575 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003576 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003577 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003578 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003579 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3580 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003581 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003582 FD);
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003583 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003584 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003585 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003586 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003587 return;
3588 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003589
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003590 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003591 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3592 EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3593 else
3594 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003595 return;
3596 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003597
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003598 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003599 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003600 return;
3601 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003602
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003603 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
3604 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
3605 T = OT->getBaseType();
3606
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003607 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003608 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003609 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003610 S += '{';
3611 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3612 S += II->getName();
3613 S += '=';
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003614 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003615 CollectObjCIvars(OI, RecFields);
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003616 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003617 if (RecFields[i]->isBitField())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003618 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003619 RecFields[i]);
3620 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003621 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003622 FD);
3623 }
3624 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003625 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003626 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003627
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003628 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003629 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3630 S += '@';
3631 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003632 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003633
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003634 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3635 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3636 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3637 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003638 S += '#';
3639 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003640 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003641
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003642 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003643 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003644 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3645 ExpandStructures, FD);
3646 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3647 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3648 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003649 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003650 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3651 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003652 S += '<';
3653 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3654 S += '>';
3655 }
3656 S += '"';
3657 }
3658 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003659 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003660
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003661 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
3662 if (!EncodingProperty &&
3663 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
3664 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003665 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003666 // {...};
3667 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003668 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
3669 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003670 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003671 return;
3672 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003673
3674 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003675 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003676 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003677 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003678 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3679 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003680 S += '<';
3681 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3682 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003683 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003684 S += '"';
3685 }
3686 return;
3687 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003688
John McCall532ec7b2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00003689 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
3690 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
3691 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3692 return;
3693
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003694 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003695}
3696
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003697void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003698 std::string& S) const {
3699 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
3700 S += 'n';
3701 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
3702 S += 'N';
3703 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
3704 S += 'o';
3705 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
3706 S += 'O';
3707 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
3708 S += 'R';
3709 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
3710 S += 'V';
3711}
3712
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003713void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003714 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003715
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003716 BuiltinVaListType = T;
3717}
3718
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003719void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003720 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00003721}
3722
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003723void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +00003724 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003725}
3726
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003727void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003728 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00003729}
3730
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003731void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003732 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003733}
3734
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003735void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003736 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003737 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003738
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003739 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003740}
3741
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003742/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
3743/// lookup.
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003744TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
3745 UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003746 unsigned size = End - Begin;
3747 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
3748
3749 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
3750 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
3751 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
3752
3753 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003754 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003755 NamedDecl *D = *I;
3756 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
3757 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
3758 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
3759 *Storage++ = D;
3760 }
3761
3762 return TemplateName(OT);
3763}
3764
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003765/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
3766/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003767TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003768 bool TemplateKeyword,
3769 TemplateDecl *Template) {
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003770 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003771 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3772 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3773
3774 void *InsertPos = 0;
3775 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
3776 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3777 if (!QTN) {
3778 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3779 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3780 }
3781
3782 return TemplateName(QTN);
3783}
3784
3785/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3786/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003787TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003788 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003789 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00003790 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003791
3792 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3793 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
3794
3795 void *InsertPos = 0;
3796 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3797 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3798
3799 if (QTN)
3800 return TemplateName(QTN);
3801
3802 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3803 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3804 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
3805 } else {
3806 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
3807 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003808 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
3809 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3810 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
3811 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003812 }
3813
3814 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3815 return TemplateName(QTN);
3816}
3817
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003818/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3819/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
3820TemplateName
3821ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3822 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
3823 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3824 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
3825
3826 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3827 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
3828
3829 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003830 DependentTemplateName *QTN
3831 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003832
3833 if (QTN)
3834 return TemplateName(QTN);
3835
3836 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3837 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3838 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
3839 } else {
3840 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
3841 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003842
3843 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
3844 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3845 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
3846 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003847 }
3848
3849 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3850 return TemplateName(QTN);
3851}
3852
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003853/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00003854/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
3855/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003856CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003857 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003858 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003859 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
3860 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
3861 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
3862 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
3863 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
3864 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
3865 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
3866 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
3867 }
3868
3869 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003870 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003871}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00003872
3873//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3874// Type Predicates.
3875//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3876
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003877/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
3878/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
3879/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003880/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003881///
3882bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
3883 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
3884 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003885 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003886 return true;
3887 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003888 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003889}
3890
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003891/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
3892/// garbage collection attribute.
3893///
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003894Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
3895 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003896 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3897 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003898 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003899 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003900 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003901 // as __strong.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003902 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian75212ee2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00003903 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003904 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003905 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003906 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003907 }
Fariborz Jahanianc2112182009-04-11 00:00:54 +00003908 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
3909 // set on them.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003910 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003911 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003912 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003913 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003914}
3915
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003916//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3917// Type Compatibility Testing
3918//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00003919
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003920/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003921/// compatible.
3922static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
3923 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003924 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003925 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003926 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003927}
3928
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003929//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3930// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
3931//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3932
3933/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
3934/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003935bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
3936 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003937 if (lProto == rProto)
3938 return true;
3939 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
3940 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
3941 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
3942 return true;
3943 return false;
3944}
3945
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003946/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
3947/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
3948/// otherwise.
3949bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
3950 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3951 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
3952 return false;
3953}
3954
3955/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
3956/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
3957bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
3958 bool compare) {
3959 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003960 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003961 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
3962 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003963 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003964 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
3965 return true;
3966
3967 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003968 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003969
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003970 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003971
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003972 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003973 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003974 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
3975 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3976 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3977 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3978 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3979 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3980 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003981 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003982 return false;
3983 }
3984 }
3985 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
3986 return true;
3987 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003988 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003989 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3990 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3991 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
3992 bool match = false;
3993
3994 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3995 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3996 // through its super class and categories.
3997 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
3998 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
3999 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4000 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4001 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4002 match = true;
4003 break;
4004 }
4005 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004006 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004007 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4008 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4009 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4010 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4011 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4012 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4013 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004014 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004015 match = true;
4016 break;
4017 }
4018 }
4019 }
4020 if (!match)
4021 return false;
4022 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004023
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004024 return true;
4025 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004026
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004027 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4028 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4029
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004030 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004031 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
4032 if (lhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
4033 bool match = false;
4034 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4035 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4036 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4037 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4038 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4039 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004040 if (lhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004041 match = true;
4042 break;
4043 }
4044 }
4045 if (!match)
4046 return false;
4047 }
4048 return true;
4049 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004050 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004051 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4052 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4053 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4054 bool match = false;
4055
4056 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4057 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4058 // through its super class and categories.
4059 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4060 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4061 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4062 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4063 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4064 match = true;
4065 break;
4066 }
4067 }
4068 if (!match)
4069 return false;
4070 }
4071 return true;
4072 }
4073 return false;
4074}
4075
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004076/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004077/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4078/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4079///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004080bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4081 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004082 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4083 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4084
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004085 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004086 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
4087 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004088 return true;
4089
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004090 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004091 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4092 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004093 false);
4094
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004095 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
4096 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004097 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004098
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004099 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004100}
4101
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004102/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
4103/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
4104/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4105/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4106/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4107bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4108 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4109 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004110 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004111 return true;
4112
4113 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4114 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4115 }
4116
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004117 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004118 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4119 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4120 false);
4121
4122 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4123 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4124 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4125 if (LHS != RHS) {
4126 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4127 return false;
4128 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
4129 return true;
4130 }
4131 else
4132 return true;
4133 }
4134 return false;
4135}
4136
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004137/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4138/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4139/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4140/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4141static
4142void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4143 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4144 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4145 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4146
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004147 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4148 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4149 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
4150 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004151
4152 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4153 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4154 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4155 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4156 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004157 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004158 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
4159 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004160 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4161 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4162 }
4163
4164 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4165 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohmancb421fa2010-04-19 16:39:44 +00004166 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
4167 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004168 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4169 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4170 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4171 }
4172 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004173 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004174 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
4175 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004176 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4177 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4178 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4179 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4180 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004181 }
4182}
4183
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004184/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4185/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4186/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4187/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4188QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004189 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
4190 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
4191 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
4192 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
4193 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
4194 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
4195 if (!LDecl || !RDecl)
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004196 return QualType();
4197
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004198 while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())) {
4199 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004200 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004201 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
4202 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
4203
4204 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
4205 if (!Protocols.empty())
4206 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
4207 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
4208 return Result;
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004209 }
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004210 }
4211
4212 return QualType();
4213}
4214
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004215bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
4216 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
4217 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
4218 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
4219
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004220 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4221 // the LHS.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004222 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004223 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004224
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004225 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4226 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004227 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004228 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004229
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004230 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4231 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004232 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004233 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004234
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004235 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4236 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004237 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4238 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4239
4240 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4241 // are incompatible.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004242 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
4243 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004244 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4245 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004246 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004247 break;
4248 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004249 }
4250 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4251 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4252 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004253 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004254 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4255 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004256}
4257
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004258bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4259 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004260 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4261 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004262
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004263 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004264 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004265
4266 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4267 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004268}
4269
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004270/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004271/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004272/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004273/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004274bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004275 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4276 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
4277
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004278 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS).isNull();
4279}
4280
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004281bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4282 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
4283}
4284
4285QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4286 bool OfBlockPointer) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004287 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4288 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004289 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4290 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004291 bool allLTypes = true;
4292 bool allRTypes = true;
4293
4294 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004295 QualType retType;
4296 if (OfBlockPointer)
4297 retType = mergeTypes(rbase->getResultType(), lbase->getResultType(), true);
4298 else
4299 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType());
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004300 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian6de8b622010-02-10 00:32:12 +00004301 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004302 allLTypes = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6de8b622010-02-10 00:32:12 +00004303 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004304 allRTypes = false;
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004305 // FIXME: double check this
4306 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4307 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4308 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004309 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
4310 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004311 unsigned RegParm = lbaseInfo.getRegParm() == 0 ? rbaseInfo.getRegParm() :
4312 lbaseInfo.getRegParm();
4313 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
4314 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4315 RegParm != lbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4316 allLTypes = false;
4317 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4318 RegParm != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4319 allRTypes = false;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004320 CallingConv lcc = lbaseInfo.getCC();
4321 CallingConv rcc = rbaseInfo.getCC();
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004322 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00004323 if (!isSameCallConv(lcc, rcc))
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004324 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004325
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004326 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004327 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4328 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004329 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4330 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4331
4332 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4333 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4334 return QualType();
4335
4336 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4337 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4338 return QualType();
4339
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004340 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4341 return QualType();
4342
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004343 // Check argument compatibility
4344 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4345 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4346 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4347 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004348 QualType argtype = mergeTypes(largtype, rargtype, OfBlockPointer);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004349 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
4350 types.push_back(argtype);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004351 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4352 allLTypes = false;
4353 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4354 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004355 }
4356 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4357 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4358 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004359 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004360 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004361 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004362 }
4363
4364 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4365 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4366
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004367 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004368 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004369 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004370 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4371 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4372 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4373 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4374 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4375 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4376 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4377 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4378 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00004379
4380 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
4381 // to pass enum values.
4382 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4383 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
4384
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004385 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4386 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4387 return QualType();
4388 }
4389
4390 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4391 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4392 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump2d3c1912009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004393 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004394 proto->getTypeQuals(),
4395 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004396 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004397 }
4398
4399 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4400 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004401 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc);
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004402 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, Info);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004403}
4404
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004405QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
4406 bool OfBlockPointer) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004407 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4408 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4409 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004410 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4411 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004412 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
4413 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
4414
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004415 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4416 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4417
4418 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4419 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4420 return LHS;
4421
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004422 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004423 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4424 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004425 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4426 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4427 // mismatch.
4428 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4429 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4430 return QualType();
4431
4432 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4433 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4434 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4435 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4436 // qualified __strong.
4437 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4438 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4439 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4440
4441 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4442 return QualType();
4443
4444 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4445 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4446 }
4447 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4448 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4449 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004450 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004451 }
4452
4453 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004454
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004455 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4456 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004457
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004458 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4459 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4460 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4461 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004462
4463 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004464 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4465 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4466 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4467 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004468
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004469 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
4470 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4471 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4472
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004473 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4474 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4475 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004476
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004477 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004478 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004479 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004480 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004481 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
4482 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004483 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004484 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4485 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004486 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004487 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004488 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4489 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004490 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004491
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004492 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004493 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004494
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004495 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004496 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004497#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4498#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallad5e7382010-03-01 23:49:17 +00004499#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004500#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4501#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4502#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
4503 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
4504 return QualType();
4505
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004506 case Type::LValueReference:
4507 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004508 case Type::MemberPointer:
4509 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
4510 return QualType();
4511
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004512 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004513 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4514 case Type::VariableArray:
4515 case Type::FunctionProto:
4516 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004517 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
4518 return QualType();
4519
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004520 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004521 {
4522 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004523 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4524 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004525 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4526 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004527 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004528 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004529 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004530 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004531 return getPointerType(ResultType);
4532 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004533 case Type::BlockPointer:
4534 {
4535 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004536 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4537 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004538 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer);
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004539 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
4540 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4541 return LHS;
4542 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4543 return RHS;
4544 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
4545 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004546 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004547 {
4548 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
4549 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
4550 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
4551 return QualType();
4552
4553 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
4554 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
4555 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem);
4556 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004557 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4558 return LHS;
4559 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4560 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004561 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
4562 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
4563 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
4564 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004565 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
4566 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004567 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4568 return LHS;
4569 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4570 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004571 if (LVAT) {
4572 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4573 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
4574 // has to be different.
4575 return LHS;
4576 }
4577 if (RVAT) {
4578 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4579 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
4580 // has to be different.
4581 return RHS;
4582 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004583 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
4584 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004585 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
4586 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004587 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004588 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004589 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004590 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004591 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004592 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004593 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004594 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004595 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00004596 case Type::Complex:
4597 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
4598 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004599 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004600 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall1c471f32010-03-12 23:14:13 +00004601 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
4602 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004603 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004604 return QualType();
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004605 case Type::ObjCObject: {
4606 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004607 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
4608 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004609 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
4610 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
4611 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004612 return LHS;
4613
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004614 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004615 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004616 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004617 if (OfBlockPointer) {
4618 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4619 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4620 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
4621 return LHS;
4622 return QualType();
4623 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004624 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4625 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004626 return LHS;
4627
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00004628 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004629 }
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004630 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004631
4632 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004633}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00004634
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00004635/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
4636/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
4637/// return types.
4638QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4639 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4640 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4641 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4642 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4643 return LHS;
4644 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
4645 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
4646 return QualType();
4647 QualType OldReturnType =
4648 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
4649 QualType NewReturnType =
4650 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
4651 QualType ResReturnType =
4652 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
4653 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
4654 return QualType();
4655 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
4656 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
4657 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
4658 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
4659 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
4660 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
4661 QualType ResultType
4662 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
4663 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
4664 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
4665 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
4666 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
4667 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
4668 FPT->exception_begin(),
4669 Info);
4670 return ResultType;
4671 }
4672 }
4673 return QualType();
4674 }
4675
4676 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
4677 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4678 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4679 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4680 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
4681 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4682 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4683 return QualType();
4684
4685 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4686 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4687 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4688 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4689 // qualified __strong.
4690 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4691 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4692 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4693
4694 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4695 return QualType();
4696
4697 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
4698 return LHS;
4699 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
4700 return RHS;
4701 return QualType();
4702 }
4703
4704 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4705 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4706 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4707 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
4708 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
4709 return LHS;
4710 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
4711 return RHS;
4712 }
4713 return QualType();
4714}
4715
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00004716//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004717// Integer Predicates
4718//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00004719
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004720unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
Sebastian Redl632d7722009-11-05 21:10:57 +00004721 if (T->isBooleanType())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004722 return 1;
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004723 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00004724 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004725 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004726 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
4727}
4728
4729QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
4730 assert(T->isSignedIntegerType() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004731
4732 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
4733 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
4734 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00004735 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->isAltiVec(), VTy->isPixel());
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004736
4737 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
4738 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004739 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004740
4741 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
4742 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004743 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
4744 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4745 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4746 return UnsignedCharTy;
4747 case BuiltinType::Short:
4748 return UnsignedShortTy;
4749 case BuiltinType::Int:
4750 return UnsignedIntTy;
4751 case BuiltinType::Long:
4752 return UnsignedLongTy;
4753 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4754 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004755 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4756 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004757 default:
4758 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
4759 return QualType();
4760 }
4761}
4762
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +00004763ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
4764
4765void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004766
4767
4768//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4769// Builtin Type Computation
4770//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4771
4772/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
4773/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004774static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004775 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
4776 bool AllowTypeModifiers = true) {
4777 // Modifiers.
4778 int HowLong = 0;
4779 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004780
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004781 // Read the modifiers first.
4782 bool Done = false;
4783 while (!Done) {
4784 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004785 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004786 case 'S':
4787 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4788 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4789 Signed = true;
4790 break;
4791 case 'U':
4792 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4793 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4794 Unsigned = true;
4795 break;
4796 case 'L':
4797 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
4798 ++HowLong;
4799 break;
4800 }
4801 }
4802
4803 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004804
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004805 // Read the base type.
4806 switch (*Str++) {
4807 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
4808 case 'v':
4809 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4810 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
4811 Type = Context.VoidTy;
4812 break;
4813 case 'f':
4814 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4815 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
4816 Type = Context.FloatTy;
4817 break;
4818 case 'd':
4819 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4820 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
4821 if (HowLong)
4822 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
4823 else
4824 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
4825 break;
4826 case 's':
4827 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
4828 if (Unsigned)
4829 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
4830 else
4831 Type = Context.ShortTy;
4832 break;
4833 case 'i':
4834 if (HowLong == 3)
4835 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
4836 else if (HowLong == 2)
4837 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
4838 else if (HowLong == 1)
4839 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
4840 else
4841 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
4842 break;
4843 case 'c':
4844 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
4845 if (Signed)
4846 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
4847 else if (Unsigned)
4848 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
4849 else
4850 Type = Context.CharTy;
4851 break;
4852 case 'b': // boolean
4853 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
4854 Type = Context.BoolTy;
4855 break;
4856 case 'z': // size_t.
4857 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
4858 Type = Context.getSizeType();
4859 break;
4860 case 'F':
4861 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
4862 break;
4863 case 'a':
4864 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4865 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4866 break;
4867 case 'A':
4868 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
4869 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
4870 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
4871 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
4872 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
4873 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
4874 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
4875 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
4876 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4877 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4878 if (Type->isArrayType()) {
4879 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
4880 } else {
4881 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4882 }
4883 break;
4884 case 'V': {
4885 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004886 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
4887 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004888
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004889 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004890
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004891 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00004892 // FIXME: Don't know what to do about AltiVec.
4893 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, false, false);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004894 break;
4895 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00004896 case 'X': {
4897 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4898 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
4899 break;
4900 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004901 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00004902 Type = Context.getFILEType();
4903 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004904 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004905 return QualType();
4906 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004907 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004908 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004909 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004910 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004911 else
4912 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
4913
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004914 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004915 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004916 return QualType();
4917 }
4918 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004919 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004920
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004921 if (!AllowTypeModifiers)
4922 return Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004923
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004924 Done = false;
4925 while (!Done) {
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00004926 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004927 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
4928 case '*':
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004929 case '&':
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00004930 {
4931 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
4932 // qualified with an address space.
4933 char *End;
4934 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
4935 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
4936 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
4937 Str = End;
4938 }
4939 }
4940 if (c == '*')
4941 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
4942 else
4943 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004944 break;
4945 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
4946 case 'C':
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004947 Type = Type.withConst();
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004948 break;
Fariborz Jahanian013af392010-01-26 22:48:42 +00004949 case 'D':
4950 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
4951 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004952 }
4953 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004954
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004955 return Type;
4956}
4957
4958/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
4959QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned id,
4960 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error) {
4961 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004962
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004963 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004964
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004965 Error = GE_None;
4966 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4967 if (Error != GE_None)
4968 return QualType();
4969 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
4970 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4971 if (Error != GE_None)
4972 return QualType();
4973
4974 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
4975 if (Ty->isArrayType())
4976 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004977
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004978 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
4979 }
4980
4981 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
4982 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
4983
4984 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
4985 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
4986 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00004987
4988 // FIXME: Should we create noreturn types?
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004989 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00004990 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004991 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004992}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004993
4994QualType
4995ASTContext::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4996 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
4997 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
4998 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
4999 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
5000 // equivalent.
5001 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
5002 lhs = getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
5003 else
5004 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
5005 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
5006 rhs = getPromotedIntegerType(rhs);
5007 else
5008 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
5009
5010 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
5011 if (lhs == rhs)
5012 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005013
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005014 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
5015 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
5016 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
5017 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005018
5019 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
5020
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005021 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
5022 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
5023 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005024 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005025 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
5026 return lhs;
5027 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005028 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005029 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
5030 return rhs;
5031 }
5032 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005033 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
5034 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
5035 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
5036 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005037 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005038 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005039 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005040 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005041 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
5042 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005043
5044 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005045 rhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005046 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005047 lhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005048 }
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005049 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
5050 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
5051 // does not require this promotion.
5052 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
5053 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
5054 return rhs;
5055 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
5056 return lhs;
5057 }
5058 }
5059 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
5060 }
5061 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
5062 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
5063 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
5064 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
5065 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
5066 return lhs;
5067 }
5068 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
5069 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
5070 return getComplexType(lhs);
5071 }
5072 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
5073 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
5074 return rhs;
5075 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005076 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005077 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
5078 return getComplexType(rhs);
5079 }
5080 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
5081 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
5082 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
5083 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
5084 return lhs;
5085 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
5086 return rhs; // convert the lhs
5087 }
5088 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
5089 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
5090 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
5091 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
5092
5093 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005094 if (getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005095 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
5096 return lhs; // convert the rhs
5097 return rhs;
5098 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
5099 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
5100 return lhs;
5101 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
5102 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
5103 return rhs;
5104 }
5105 }
5106 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
5107 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
5108 int compare = getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
5109 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
5110 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
5111 QualType destType;
5112 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
5113 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
5114 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
5115 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
5116 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
5117 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
5118 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
5119 } else if (getIntWidth(lhs) != getIntWidth(rhs)) {
5120 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
5121 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
5122 // use the signed type.
5123 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
5124 } else {
5125 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
5126 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
5127 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
5128 // to the signed type.
5129 destType = getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
5130 }
5131 return destType;
5132}